SAP Solution Manager 7.2 Global Roadshow - AFSUG€¦ · SAP Solution Manager Landscape design...

42
Tim Steuer SAP SE SAP Solution Manager Installation and Upgrade

Transcript of SAP Solution Manager 7.2 Global Roadshow - AFSUG€¦ · SAP Solution Manager Landscape design...

Tim SteuerSAP SE

SAP Solution Manager Installation and Upgrade

2CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

The information in this presentation is confidential and proprietary to SAP and may not be disclosed without the

permission of SAP This presentation is not subject to your license agreement or any other service or subscription

agreement with SAP SAP has no obligation to pursue any course of business outlined in this document or any related

presentation or to develop or release any functionality mentioned therein This document or any related presentation

and SAPs strategy and possible future developments products and or platforms directions and functionality are all

subject to change and may be changed by SAP at any time for any reason without notice The information in this

document is not a commitment promise or legal obligation to deliver any material code or functionality This document

is provided without a warranty of any kind either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties

of merchantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement This document is for informational purposes

and may not be incorporated into a contract SAP assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document

except if such damages were caused by SAPacutes willful misconduct or gross negligence

All forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ

materially from expectations Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements

which speak only as of their dates and they should not be relied upon in making purchasing decisions

Legal disclaimer

3CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Riding the SAP Solution Manager 72 Success Wave

2500+ customers live 300 go-lives per month

0

500

1 000

1 500

2 000

2 500

3 000

0116 0216 0316 0416 0516 0616 0716 0816 0916 1016 1116 1216 0117 0217 0317 0417 0517

Customers live on SAP Solution Manager 72

All Databases SAP HANA

End of Ramp-Up

2523 customers are live on SAP Solution Manager 72

361 run SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

4CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Transition to SAP Solution Manager 72

SAP recommends to Upgrade to 72

The upgrade protects your configuration investment

and your data

Upgrade

Evaluate carefully New installation

If you perform a new installation you will lose existing configuration and

data and users If do not wish to keep this data a new installation is a good

option for you

New installation

Warning 71 content is lost Non SAP standard

5CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade plantechnicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

Migration to

SAP HANA

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification eg DEVQA copy of Prod-system

Core Delta Configuration (eg Charm)

Custom Code AdjustmentsFunctional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Upgrade of

production system

Java stack split

Content Activation Test in CAL

User Training

Valu

e d

iscovery

Process Adoption (eg Charm)

Conte

nt

Activatio

n

-4 months -3 months -1 month 0 days

OPTIONAL

6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Landscape design

Build

SAP Solution Manager 72

Development System

Perform customizing

Develop reports

Design Info cubes

Deploy SAP Notes

Implement Support Packages

Test

SAP Solution Manager 72

Quality Assurance System

Verify new functionality

Check for regressions

Run

SAP Solution Manager 72

Production System

Use SAP Solution Manager

Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier

landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done

7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split

Technical Stack View

The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard

procedure with minimal impact

Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72

runs two single stacks

bull Split is done after technical

upgrade

8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring

Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions

Support of hybrid landscapes

Release Management

Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions

SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience

Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases

Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver

New SAP CRM

Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract

Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA

Build up experience in running SAP HANA

Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)

Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)

Upgrade to New Functionality

Upgrade to Latest Technology

Upgrade User Experience

Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval

9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What is Content Activation

In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and

central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new

environment this content needs to be transferred

This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo

10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities

Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Install SAP notes as described in the

content activation wiki

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Perform mandatory configuration

2 Perform application specific

configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Import transports containing SAP

notes

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Import transports with delta

customizing and notes

2 Perform mandatory configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

When Is content activation required

Content activation is needed when at least

one of the following functions are used

productively in SAP Solution Manager 71

Solution Documentation

Change Request Management

Quality Gate Management

Test Management

Business Process Monitoring

Content activation is not applicable when

only the following capabilities were used in

SAP Solution Manager 71

Application Operations

Custom Code Management

Data Volume Management

SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)

Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)

Project Management with IT PPM

Business Process Analytics and Improvement

IT Service Management

+ content

activation

Upgrade Upgrade

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

2CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

The information in this presentation is confidential and proprietary to SAP and may not be disclosed without the

permission of SAP This presentation is not subject to your license agreement or any other service or subscription

agreement with SAP SAP has no obligation to pursue any course of business outlined in this document or any related

presentation or to develop or release any functionality mentioned therein This document or any related presentation

and SAPs strategy and possible future developments products and or platforms directions and functionality are all

subject to change and may be changed by SAP at any time for any reason without notice The information in this

document is not a commitment promise or legal obligation to deliver any material code or functionality This document

is provided without a warranty of any kind either express or implied including but not limited to the implied warranties

of merchantability fitness for a particular purpose or non-infringement This document is for informational purposes

and may not be incorporated into a contract SAP assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document

except if such damages were caused by SAPacutes willful misconduct or gross negligence

All forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ

materially from expectations Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements

which speak only as of their dates and they should not be relied upon in making purchasing decisions

Legal disclaimer

3CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Riding the SAP Solution Manager 72 Success Wave

2500+ customers live 300 go-lives per month

0

500

1 000

1 500

2 000

2 500

3 000

0116 0216 0316 0416 0516 0616 0716 0816 0916 1016 1116 1216 0117 0217 0317 0417 0517

Customers live on SAP Solution Manager 72

All Databases SAP HANA

End of Ramp-Up

2523 customers are live on SAP Solution Manager 72

361 run SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

4CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Transition to SAP Solution Manager 72

SAP recommends to Upgrade to 72

The upgrade protects your configuration investment

and your data

Upgrade

Evaluate carefully New installation

If you perform a new installation you will lose existing configuration and

data and users If do not wish to keep this data a new installation is a good

option for you

New installation

Warning 71 content is lost Non SAP standard

5CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade plantechnicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

Migration to

SAP HANA

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification eg DEVQA copy of Prod-system

Core Delta Configuration (eg Charm)

Custom Code AdjustmentsFunctional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Upgrade of

production system

Java stack split

Content Activation Test in CAL

User Training

Valu

e d

iscovery

Process Adoption (eg Charm)

Conte

nt

Activatio

n

-4 months -3 months -1 month 0 days

OPTIONAL

6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Landscape design

Build

SAP Solution Manager 72

Development System

Perform customizing

Develop reports

Design Info cubes

Deploy SAP Notes

Implement Support Packages

Test

SAP Solution Manager 72

Quality Assurance System

Verify new functionality

Check for regressions

Run

SAP Solution Manager 72

Production System

Use SAP Solution Manager

Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier

landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done

7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split

Technical Stack View

The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard

procedure with minimal impact

Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72

runs two single stacks

bull Split is done after technical

upgrade

8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring

Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions

Support of hybrid landscapes

Release Management

Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions

SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience

Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases

Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver

New SAP CRM

Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract

Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA

Build up experience in running SAP HANA

Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)

Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)

Upgrade to New Functionality

Upgrade to Latest Technology

Upgrade User Experience

Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval

9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What is Content Activation

In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and

central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new

environment this content needs to be transferred

This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo

10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities

Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Install SAP notes as described in the

content activation wiki

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Perform mandatory configuration

2 Perform application specific

configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Import transports containing SAP

notes

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Import transports with delta

customizing and notes

2 Perform mandatory configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

When Is content activation required

Content activation is needed when at least

one of the following functions are used

productively in SAP Solution Manager 71

Solution Documentation

Change Request Management

Quality Gate Management

Test Management

Business Process Monitoring

Content activation is not applicable when

only the following capabilities were used in

SAP Solution Manager 71

Application Operations

Custom Code Management

Data Volume Management

SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)

Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)

Project Management with IT PPM

Business Process Analytics and Improvement

IT Service Management

+ content

activation

Upgrade Upgrade

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

3CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Riding the SAP Solution Manager 72 Success Wave

2500+ customers live 300 go-lives per month

0

500

1 000

1 500

2 000

2 500

3 000

0116 0216 0316 0416 0516 0616 0716 0816 0916 1016 1116 1216 0117 0217 0317 0417 0517

Customers live on SAP Solution Manager 72

All Databases SAP HANA

End of Ramp-Up

2523 customers are live on SAP Solution Manager 72

361 run SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

4CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Transition to SAP Solution Manager 72

SAP recommends to Upgrade to 72

The upgrade protects your configuration investment

and your data

Upgrade

Evaluate carefully New installation

If you perform a new installation you will lose existing configuration and

data and users If do not wish to keep this data a new installation is a good

option for you

New installation

Warning 71 content is lost Non SAP standard

5CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade plantechnicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

Migration to

SAP HANA

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification eg DEVQA copy of Prod-system

Core Delta Configuration (eg Charm)

Custom Code AdjustmentsFunctional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Upgrade of

production system

Java stack split

Content Activation Test in CAL

User Training

Valu

e d

iscovery

Process Adoption (eg Charm)

Conte

nt

Activatio

n

-4 months -3 months -1 month 0 days

OPTIONAL

6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Landscape design

Build

SAP Solution Manager 72

Development System

Perform customizing

Develop reports

Design Info cubes

Deploy SAP Notes

Implement Support Packages

Test

SAP Solution Manager 72

Quality Assurance System

Verify new functionality

Check for regressions

Run

SAP Solution Manager 72

Production System

Use SAP Solution Manager

Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier

landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done

7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split

Technical Stack View

The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard

procedure with minimal impact

Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72

runs two single stacks

bull Split is done after technical

upgrade

8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring

Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions

Support of hybrid landscapes

Release Management

Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions

SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience

Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases

Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver

New SAP CRM

Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract

Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA

Build up experience in running SAP HANA

Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)

Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)

Upgrade to New Functionality

Upgrade to Latest Technology

Upgrade User Experience

Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval

9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What is Content Activation

In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and

central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new

environment this content needs to be transferred

This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo

10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities

Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Install SAP notes as described in the

content activation wiki

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Perform mandatory configuration

2 Perform application specific

configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Import transports containing SAP

notes

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Import transports with delta

customizing and notes

2 Perform mandatory configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

When Is content activation required

Content activation is needed when at least

one of the following functions are used

productively in SAP Solution Manager 71

Solution Documentation

Change Request Management

Quality Gate Management

Test Management

Business Process Monitoring

Content activation is not applicable when

only the following capabilities were used in

SAP Solution Manager 71

Application Operations

Custom Code Management

Data Volume Management

SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)

Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)

Project Management with IT PPM

Business Process Analytics and Improvement

IT Service Management

+ content

activation

Upgrade Upgrade

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

4CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Transition to SAP Solution Manager 72

SAP recommends to Upgrade to 72

The upgrade protects your configuration investment

and your data

Upgrade

Evaluate carefully New installation

If you perform a new installation you will lose existing configuration and

data and users If do not wish to keep this data a new installation is a good

option for you

New installation

Warning 71 content is lost Non SAP standard

5CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade plantechnicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

Migration to

SAP HANA

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification eg DEVQA copy of Prod-system

Core Delta Configuration (eg Charm)

Custom Code AdjustmentsFunctional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Upgrade of

production system

Java stack split

Content Activation Test in CAL

User Training

Valu

e d

iscovery

Process Adoption (eg Charm)

Conte

nt

Activatio

n

-4 months -3 months -1 month 0 days

OPTIONAL

6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Landscape design

Build

SAP Solution Manager 72

Development System

Perform customizing

Develop reports

Design Info cubes

Deploy SAP Notes

Implement Support Packages

Test

SAP Solution Manager 72

Quality Assurance System

Verify new functionality

Check for regressions

Run

SAP Solution Manager 72

Production System

Use SAP Solution Manager

Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier

landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done

7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split

Technical Stack View

The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard

procedure with minimal impact

Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72

runs two single stacks

bull Split is done after technical

upgrade

8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring

Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions

Support of hybrid landscapes

Release Management

Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions

SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience

Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases

Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver

New SAP CRM

Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract

Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA

Build up experience in running SAP HANA

Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)

Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)

Upgrade to New Functionality

Upgrade to Latest Technology

Upgrade User Experience

Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval

9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What is Content Activation

In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and

central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new

environment this content needs to be transferred

This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo

10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities

Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Install SAP notes as described in the

content activation wiki

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Perform mandatory configuration

2 Perform application specific

configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Import transports containing SAP

notes

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Import transports with delta

customizing and notes

2 Perform mandatory configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

When Is content activation required

Content activation is needed when at least

one of the following functions are used

productively in SAP Solution Manager 71

Solution Documentation

Change Request Management

Quality Gate Management

Test Management

Business Process Monitoring

Content activation is not applicable when

only the following capabilities were used in

SAP Solution Manager 71

Application Operations

Custom Code Management

Data Volume Management

SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)

Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)

Project Management with IT PPM

Business Process Analytics and Improvement

IT Service Management

+ content

activation

Upgrade Upgrade

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

5CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade plantechnicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

Migration to

SAP HANA

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification eg DEVQA copy of Prod-system

Core Delta Configuration (eg Charm)

Custom Code AdjustmentsFunctional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Upgrade of

production system

Java stack split

Content Activation Test in CAL

User Training

Valu

e d

iscovery

Process Adoption (eg Charm)

Conte

nt

Activatio

n

-4 months -3 months -1 month 0 days

OPTIONAL

6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Landscape design

Build

SAP Solution Manager 72

Development System

Perform customizing

Develop reports

Design Info cubes

Deploy SAP Notes

Implement Support Packages

Test

SAP Solution Manager 72

Quality Assurance System

Verify new functionality

Check for regressions

Run

SAP Solution Manager 72

Production System

Use SAP Solution Manager

Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier

landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done

7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split

Technical Stack View

The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard

procedure with minimal impact

Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72

runs two single stacks

bull Split is done after technical

upgrade

8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring

Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions

Support of hybrid landscapes

Release Management

Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions

SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience

Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases

Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver

New SAP CRM

Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract

Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA

Build up experience in running SAP HANA

Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)

Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)

Upgrade to New Functionality

Upgrade to Latest Technology

Upgrade User Experience

Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval

9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What is Content Activation

In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and

central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new

environment this content needs to be transferred

This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo

10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities

Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Install SAP notes as described in the

content activation wiki

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Perform mandatory configuration

2 Perform application specific

configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Import transports containing SAP

notes

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Import transports with delta

customizing and notes

2 Perform mandatory configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

When Is content activation required

Content activation is needed when at least

one of the following functions are used

productively in SAP Solution Manager 71

Solution Documentation

Change Request Management

Quality Gate Management

Test Management

Business Process Monitoring

Content activation is not applicable when

only the following capabilities were used in

SAP Solution Manager 71

Application Operations

Custom Code Management

Data Volume Management

SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)

Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)

Project Management with IT PPM

Business Process Analytics and Improvement

IT Service Management

+ content

activation

Upgrade Upgrade

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

6CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Landscape design

Build

SAP Solution Manager 72

Development System

Perform customizing

Develop reports

Design Info cubes

Deploy SAP Notes

Implement Support Packages

Test

SAP Solution Manager 72

Quality Assurance System

Verify new functionality

Check for regressions

Run

SAP Solution Manager 72

Production System

Use SAP Solution Manager

Best Practice To enable broad adoption SAP recommends a 3-tier landscape A 2-tier

landscape may be sufficient if no customizing custom development is done

7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split

Technical Stack View

The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard

procedure with minimal impact

Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72

runs two single stacks

bull Split is done after technical

upgrade

8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring

Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions

Support of hybrid landscapes

Release Management

Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions

SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience

Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases

Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver

New SAP CRM

Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract

Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA

Build up experience in running SAP HANA

Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)

Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)

Upgrade to New Functionality

Upgrade to Latest Technology

Upgrade User Experience

Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval

9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What is Content Activation

In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and

central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new

environment this content needs to be transferred

This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo

10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities

Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Install SAP notes as described in the

content activation wiki

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Perform mandatory configuration

2 Perform application specific

configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Import transports containing SAP

notes

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Import transports with delta

customizing and notes

2 Perform mandatory configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

When Is content activation required

Content activation is needed when at least

one of the following functions are used

productively in SAP Solution Manager 71

Solution Documentation

Change Request Management

Quality Gate Management

Test Management

Business Process Monitoring

Content activation is not applicable when

only the following capabilities were used in

SAP Solution Manager 71

Application Operations

Custom Code Management

Data Volume Management

SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)

Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)

Project Management with IT PPM

Business Process Analytics and Improvement

IT Service Management

+ content

activation

Upgrade Upgrade

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

7CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager Upgrade ndash SAP Netweaver Stack Split

Technical Stack View

The Stack Split during the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72 is a standard

procedure with minimal impact

Stack Splitbull SAP Solution Manager 72

runs two single stacks

bull Split is done after technical

upgrade

8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring

Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions

Support of hybrid landscapes

Release Management

Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions

SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience

Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases

Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver

New SAP CRM

Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract

Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA

Build up experience in running SAP HANA

Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)

Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)

Upgrade to New Functionality

Upgrade to Latest Technology

Upgrade User Experience

Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval

9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What is Content Activation

In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and

central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new

environment this content needs to be transferred

This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo

10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities

Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Install SAP notes as described in the

content activation wiki

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Perform mandatory configuration

2 Perform application specific

configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Import transports containing SAP

notes

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Import transports with delta

customizing and notes

2 Perform mandatory configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

When Is content activation required

Content activation is needed when at least

one of the following functions are used

productively in SAP Solution Manager 71

Solution Documentation

Change Request Management

Quality Gate Management

Test Management

Business Process Monitoring

Content activation is not applicable when

only the following capabilities were used in

SAP Solution Manager 71

Application Operations

Custom Code Management

Data Volume Management

SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)

Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)

Project Management with IT PPM

Business Process Analytics and Improvement

IT Service Management

+ content

activation

Upgrade Upgrade

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

8CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What Happens When You Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Key developments Graphical process modeling and monitoring

Full lifecycle support without 3 level restrictions

Support of hybrid landscapes

Release Management

Fiori meets SAP Solution Manager Browser replaces SAP GUI for standard functions

SAP Solution Manager Launchpad for personalized user experience

Fiori Apps for dedicated use cases

Upgrade SAP Solution Manager Foundation New SAP NetWeaver

New SAP CRM

Optional Upgrade to SAP HANA as a database License for SAP Solution Manager included in support contract

Consolidate solution landscape on SAP HANA

Build up experience in running SAP HANA

Receive mainstream maintenance beyond 2017 Packaged corrections (notes support packages)

Technology updates (new databases and operating systems)

Upgrade to New Functionality

Upgrade to Latest Technology

Upgrade User Experience

Upgrade to New Maintenance Interval

9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What is Content Activation

In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and

central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new

environment this content needs to be transferred

This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo

10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities

Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Install SAP notes as described in the

content activation wiki

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Perform mandatory configuration

2 Perform application specific

configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Import transports containing SAP

notes

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Import transports with delta

customizing and notes

2 Perform mandatory configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

When Is content activation required

Content activation is needed when at least

one of the following functions are used

productively in SAP Solution Manager 71

Solution Documentation

Change Request Management

Quality Gate Management

Test Management

Business Process Monitoring

Content activation is not applicable when

only the following capabilities were used in

SAP Solution Manager 71

Application Operations

Custom Code Management

Data Volume Management

SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)

Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)

Project Management with IT PPM

Business Process Analytics and Improvement

IT Service Management

+ content

activation

Upgrade Upgrade

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

9CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

What is Content Activation

In SAP Solution Manager 72 the Solution Documentation scenario has been rebuilt completely and

central landscape elements have changed To be able to work with existing content in the new

environment this content needs to be transferred

This process is called ldquocontent activationrdquo

10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities

Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Install SAP notes as described in the

content activation wiki

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Perform mandatory configuration

2 Perform application specific

configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Import transports containing SAP

notes

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Import transports with delta

customizing and notes

2 Perform mandatory configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

When Is content activation required

Content activation is needed when at least

one of the following functions are used

productively in SAP Solution Manager 71

Solution Documentation

Change Request Management

Quality Gate Management

Test Management

Business Process Monitoring

Content activation is not applicable when

only the following capabilities were used in

SAP Solution Manager 71

Application Operations

Custom Code Management

Data Volume Management

SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)

Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)

Project Management with IT PPM

Business Process Analytics and Improvement

IT Service Management

+ content

activation

Upgrade Upgrade

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

10CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade and Content Activation Sequence of activities

Upgrade first system in the transport landscape (eg sandbox and development system)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Install SAP notes as described in the

content activation wiki

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Toolset to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Perform mandatory configuration

2 Perform application specific

configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

Upgrade of successor systems in the transport landscape (eg test and production systems)

Preparation Upgrade Set-up and Content Activation

1 Import transports containing SAP

notes

2 Run preparation report and evaluate

the results

3 Execute PREPARE_ACTIVATION

1 Use Software Lifecycle Tools to

upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

1 Import transports with delta

customizing and notes

2 Perform mandatory configuration

3 Perform content activation

4 Perform non transportable scenario

configuration

11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

When Is content activation required

Content activation is needed when at least

one of the following functions are used

productively in SAP Solution Manager 71

Solution Documentation

Change Request Management

Quality Gate Management

Test Management

Business Process Monitoring

Content activation is not applicable when

only the following capabilities were used in

SAP Solution Manager 71

Application Operations

Custom Code Management

Data Volume Management

SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)

Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)

Project Management with IT PPM

Business Process Analytics and Improvement

IT Service Management

+ content

activation

Upgrade Upgrade

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

11CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

When Is content activation required

Content activation is needed when at least

one of the following functions are used

productively in SAP Solution Manager 71

Solution Documentation

Change Request Management

Quality Gate Management

Test Management

Business Process Monitoring

Content activation is not applicable when

only the following capabilities were used in

SAP Solution Manager 71

Application Operations

Custom Code Management

Data Volume Management

SAP Engagement and Service Delivery (incl EWA)

Landscape Management (incl MOPZ)

Project Management with IT PPM

Business Process Analytics and Improvement

IT Service Management

+ content

activation

Upgrade Upgrade

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

12CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Uptime and downtime for the productive SAP Solution Manager

Technical Upgrade Duration Compared to Support Package Implementation

Upgrade

Support

Package Stack

implementation

~ 1 week

Uptime

~ 7 hours

Technical Downtime Uptime

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 1 day

Technical Downtime

~12 hours~ 2 weeks

Uptime (71)

~ 3 to 4 hours ~ 2 to 8 hours + ~ 2 hours to 2 days

Uptime (72)Business Downtime

Best Practice Use your next maintenance window to upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Business Downtime

Import + Stack Split Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Preparation Import Mandatory Setup Scenario Configuration

Preparation Mandatory Setup

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

13CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 11 or Lower

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Prerequisite on SAP Solution Manager 71

Prepare content activation

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

Optimize Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom Code

Management with SP12

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

14CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Details on Post Upgrade Steps

Start Release SAP Solution Manager 71 SP 12 or Higher

Additional activities prior to the upgrade

Enable new BW structure for Custom Code Management and Business Process AnalyticsImprovement

Migrate Business Process Monitoring to the Monitoring and Alerting Infrastructure

Times should be considered as minimum values

Best Practice Upgrade the development system first and transport notes and corrections to quality assurance and production system

Prepare Content Activation ahead of time Testing before go-live is required

Optimized Downtime for Business

Process Operations and Custom

Code Management

Functional Area

Project Management

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Application Operations

Data Volume Management

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Business Process Operations

Process Management (Solution Documentation)

Test Suite

Content Activation

(2-8 hours dependent on

scope)

Mandatory Setup

(3-4 hours)

Additional Configuration

2 hours to 2 daysUpgrade Finished

Function prepared

Function available

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

15CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager on SAP HANA

More value through in-memory technology

Performance increase

Drastically faster text search functionality opens new opportunities eg to work with documents

service reports ITSM tickets

No additional SAP HANA license fee for SAP Solution Manager

SAP HANA for SAP Solution Manager 72 is delivered for free within your support agreement

SAP HANA only strategy

If SAP HANA is the only platform at your company SAP Solution Manager 72 is your perfect

lifecycle management platform

SAP Solution Manager as a door opener for SAP HANA

First system in a general plan to migrate to SAP HANA and become familiar with it

Preparation of SAP HANA operations

Why choose SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

SAP HANA

SAP recommends to execute your upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

and your migration to SAP HANA in one go

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

16CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Can we accelerateSAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA

On the data basis of 25 analyzed customers running on new hardware

36122

23822

11532 11804

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Average DB Size in GB Average DB Request Time in DialogTask in ms

SAP HANA 13 the size and twice as fast

SAP

HANABefore

SAP

HANA Before

Performance increase op top

Drastically faster text search

functionality opens new

opportunities eg to work with

documents service reports

ITSM tickets

Landscape simplification

Eliminate the need for a

separate TREX instance

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

17CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72 on HANA

SAP Best Practice 1-step approach

(Upgrade including migration to SAP HANA)

Upgrade with

2-step approach

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Choose the 1-step approach to reduce overall efforts

The 2-step approach includes two shorter downtime phases and requires two maintenance windows

Import + Stack Split + SAP HANA migration +

Mandatory SetupContent Activation + Scenario ConfigurationPreparation

DowntimeUptime (71) Uptime (72) amp Availability

Import + Stack Split + Mandatory Setup Content Activation + Scenario Configuration

Downtime

SAP HANA migration

Preparation

Decision to go

to SAP HANAAvailability (72) Uptime (72) amp AvailabilityStep 2

Step 1

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

18CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Hardware considerations for upgrade

No hardware investments should be required if you

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan no changes to the scope

use SAP Solution Manager 71 and plan to add only a small

number of managed systems or users

The hardware should be reviewed if you

want to leverage SAP HANA

want to leverage areas of SAP Solution Manager currently not in

use

plan to add a larger number of users (eg process management

agile build)

want to add a large number of managed systems

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

19CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

ltoriginal DB net sizegt 2

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 50 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB Memory

Upgrade and Migration Quick and simple HANA DB sizing

For the migration of an existing database system start sizing from current data volume

For more information on sizing

estimation report see SAP Note

1872170i

For more information on sizing

evaluation see SAP Note 1793345i

ltCPUs for DB servergt 3

~ HANA DB CPU

Requirements to application servers do not change fundamentally

ltcurrent DB net sizegt 4

(compression)

+ 20 safety buffer for

merges (joins)

+ 25 GB (to be on the safe side)

~ HANA DB disk

In addition there is a Sizing Estimation Report to run

in existing SAP Solution Manager 7172

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

20CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Overview - Upgrade Impact and Resulting Effort

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

21CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade Impact and

Resulting Effort - Details

Scenario Details of Impact Effort

Process ManagementComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required additional innovation can be

adopted at own paceHigh

Test SuiteComplete redesign of Solution Documentation and assigned test cases Content Activation required no

upgrade of existing Test Plans High

Business Process OperationsComplete redesign of Solution Documentation Content Activation required adoption of Monitoring and

Alerting infrastructure required new BW cubes for Business Process AnalyticsImprovementHigh

Change Control Management Simplified landscape concept to be implemented (Logical component groups) reassignment of changes from

project to cycle adaptation of custom codeextension requiredHigh

Custom Code Management Complete redesign of technical infrastructure migration wizard execution is required Medium

Application Operations No disruption to 71 functionality significant renovation of user experience (UI5 instead of flash) No

architecture changes in Monitoring and Alerting infrastructureMedium

Project Management Project Management capabilities are similar between 71 and 72 Low

IT Service Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace adaptation of custom

codeextension requiredLow

Landscape Management Simplification (Maintenance Planner can also be adopted without upgrade more consistent handling of

landscape entities with removal of the product system)Low

Data Volume Management No disruption to 71 functionality innovation can be adopted at own pace Low

Low effort No to minimal training and configuration effort almost a non-event can be treated as small change

Medium effort Some training effort configuration changes required can be treated as minor release

High effort Full training and configuration required needs to be treated as major release

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

22CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How Do You Find out Whatrsquos Being Used

Best Practice Find out what is used to determine the impact of the upgrade

SAP Solution Manager specific content in SAP EarlyWatch Alert Service delivers

information on your SAP Solution Manager usage

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

23CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Find out what the upgrade means for you

Test drive content activation in SAPrsquos cloud appliance library (CAL)

ndash See what happens to process content (SOLAR0102)

ndash Find out about logical component groups

ndash Reset and start over in one hour

Best Practice Test your upgrade early

Test drive the upgrade on premise in a sandbox system

(eg copy of production)

ndash Learn about the technical upgrade procedure and do

an early assessment of downtime

ndash Determine upgrade impact on your configuration

Great to learn early about content

activation and preview 72

Great to plan upgrade execution

Talk to an expert to learn about the upgrade

ndash Meet the Expert Session (MTE) for

upgrade

Be prepared for the upgrade to 72

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

24CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Cross-Scenario

Check Sizing

Upgrade to Introscope Enterprise Manager 97

Housekeeping in SAP Solution Manager (see SAP note 2257558)

What you can do today to bring down upgrade efforts

Process Management

Test Suite

Change Control Management

Custom Code Management

Project Management

Business Process Operations

Application Operations

IT Service Management

Landscape Management

Data Volume Management

EffortEffort

Run Build

Migrate to Monitoring

and Alerting

Infrastructure

Managed Systems

Distribute current ST-PI and ST-API to managed systems

Distribute new roles to managed systems

Check java version of diagnostics agent (required JVM version 61 see note 1833501)

Prepare Activation

and enable new BW

structure

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

25CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72 Upgrade Enterprise Support

technicalfunctional technical and functionalQuality gates Taskactivity type ) Summary node ndash relates to multiple activities

DISCOVER PREPARE REALIZE DEPLOY RUN

Project Mgmt

Application

Solution

Adoption

Technical

Architecture amp

Infrastructure

HANA DB

migration

Init Planning Closing

QG1 QG2 QG3

Upgra

de P

lannin

g

DB Migration to HANAHANA Appliance Preparation

Pre-production upgrade and verification

Core Delta Configuration

Custom Code Adjustments Functional Testing

Execution Monitoring

HANA Sizing AssessmentData Cleanup Archive

Upgrade of production

system

Java stack split

Content Activation

User Training

Support

Message

AIE Expert on

Demand

SAP Notes

Content Activation EGI + GDT

Custom Code Mgmt EGI

Expert Guided Implementation (EGI)

EG

I fo

r T

ech

nic

al U

pg

rad

e

AIE

Exp

ert

on

De

ma

ndEGI for Technical Upgrade

Expert on Demand through Accelerated Innovation

Enablement (AIE)

Guided-Discovery Tutorials (GDT)

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

72

In

sta

llation

U

pg

rad

e a

nd

Ma

inte

na

nce

(M

TE

)

Evalu

ation o

f fu

nctional and a

rchitectu

ral changes

Valu

e d

iscovery

SA

P S

olu

tio

n M

an

ag

er

Ro

ad

ma

p E

GI

Guid

ed

-Dis

cove

ry T

uto

ria

ls Test Suite EGIs

EGI Prepare Code for HANA

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

26CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

How to get it done

Plan the upgradeSimulate Content

Activation

Test the upgrade

based on production

data

Plan the upgrade weekend

and define (GoNo-Go

criteria)

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

27CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Experience SAP Solution Manager 72 on Cloud with SAP CALTest-drive for a nominal fee in your own private cloud with personalization

SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions are now available in the SAP

Cloud Appliance Library (CAL)

SAP provides the powerful appliance without SAP CAL charges

Customers and partners only need an Amazon Web Services

(AWS) account to test drive the SAP Solution Manager cloud

appliance for as a free trial

SAP CAL ndash Your highway to SAP Solution Manager 72 success

Cloud provider infrastructure fees applySAP CAL homepagei

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

28CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Cloud Appliance Library (SAP CAL)The idea ndash simplify SAP consumption and deliver quick business value

from weeks

down to minutes

Traditional Delivery

ldquoon-premiserdquo

SAP Cloud Appliance

Library ldquocloudrdquo

ERP

HANA

CRM

Start

Infra-

structure

Setup

Install

OS

Install SAP

amp Database

Base

Configuration

amp Patches

Validate

amp

Prepare

Start

Deploy amp use

in the cloud

in less than

an hour

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

29CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available SAP Solution Manager 72 solutions in SAP CAL

I want to try out

content activation

before I upgrade

Version 72 SPS03

Customer content

upload possible +

Simple process

management demos +

SAP S4HANA

Packages

Activation

on SAP CAL

I want to jumpstart my

SAP S4HANA

implementation

Version 72 + Focused

Build + SAP S4HANA

1511 fully-activated

managed system

Simple demos + SAP

S4HANA Packages

incl connected system

DemoJumpstart

on SAP CAL

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

When Is the Best Time

to Upgrade

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

31CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

SAP Solution Manager 72

Release Schedule

Mainstream maintenance

End

20172025Today

Mainstream maintenance Customer-specific maintenance

Upgrade

SAP recommends to upgrade to 72 NOW

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

What Happens If

I Canrsquot Do the Upgrade in Time

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

33CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Customer-Specific Maintenance

at the End of Mainstream Maintenance

Customer-specific maintenance covers

resolution of problems only in case of known

solutions or workarounds

Resolutions for ldquonewrdquo problems (problems not

yet known to SAP) are typically charged based

on time and material

No support packages

No legal changes

Limited technology updates

No service-level Agreement

Default if customer takes no action Upgrade

Customer-specific maintenance enables customers

to continue running their mature release until the

time when an upgrade takes place

Refer to SAP Note 52505 for more details on the

scope and restrictions of customer-specific

maintenance Disclaimer The maintenance strategy rules described in this document

apply to SAP applications Special rules may apply to applications in

the SAP BusinessObjects portfolio Refer to

httpsupportsapcomreleasestrategy for more information

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

How to Get Support

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

35CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Upgrade to SAP Solution Manager 72

Our goal is that our customers can successfully run the upgrade from SAP Solution Manager 71 to 72

within a weekend We are working on the publication of successful customer references

We are still offering the participation at the Early Adopter Care Program at no costs to all customers

that are planning to run the content activation httpsinfluencesapcomSAPSolutionManager72

Your benefits

Prioritized message handling

Access to the SAP Learning Hub for SAP Solution Manager

Exchange with other customers in a SAP Jam group

Results of upgrades will be analyzed and promptly integrated into Notes and SPs Thatrsquos valid for set-

up activation and usage As a result we produce up to 10 times faster runtime of the activation within

Charm

For the SAP Solution Manager 72 on SAP HANA DB migration the SUMDMO is now released

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

36CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Meet the Expert Sessions for SAP Solution Manager 72

httpssupportsapcomsolution-managertraining-serviceshtml MTE Portfolio Next live webinars in calendar view

Available recorded sessions in Replay LibraryScheduled live sessions

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

37CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Where to get supportAccelerated Innovation Enablement Expert on Demand Request

If you are interested in further information about specific SAP Solution Manager functionality or if you

still have follow-up questions after attending an EGI session or after a service or if you require

support in topics which are not covered by any service you might be interested in taking advantages

of the AIE EoD service for SAP Solution Manager

11 session with a remote presentation

Flexible session scheduling

Direct interaction with an SAP expert

Now available also for many SAP Solution Manager topics

To make use of this service simply navigate to the link below and order it For each AIE EoD session SAP

charges 025 days of your AIE contingent We recommend to submit your questions to our experts in advance

AIE Expert on Demand Request

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

38CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

+ Customer is using Solution Manager 71 but with very limited use

+ Customer wants SAP to do an impact analysis and planning only

+ SAP Owns the Upgrade Project

SAP Solution Manager UpgradeOfferings within Premium Engagement

INV

OLV

EM

EN

T O

F S

AP

ENGAGEMENT SCOPE

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Basic

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Extended

Safeguard the Upgrade

Complexity Level Comprehensive

Implement End- to End Upgrade

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional

scenarios

+ Considers Solution Manager as mission-critical component

Use Case

+ Customer is using Solution Manager with several functional scenarios and has very

comprehensive project and solution documentation in Solution Manager 71 to be

transferred to Solution Manager 72

+ Highly customized functional scenarios andor many functional extensions through

custom code

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

39CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Live Support Expert Chat

Overview

Live support from SAP experts for any technical problem

Resolves incidents nearly two times faster than those

reported through traditional SAP support channels

Improves support experience by real-time interaction

Available for all support levels and almost all solutions

Industry leading offering for Enterprise Software Support

Integrated in the SAP ONE Support Launchpad

httplaunchpadsupportsapcom

Expert Chat

provides a live chat function that connects you to SAP technical support experts instantly

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

Documents Links Videos

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

42CUSTOMERcopy 2017 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company All rights reserved ǀ

Customer

Available Learning Resources

SAP Solution Manager Learning Resources Overview

Build up your knowledge and skills

Expert

Publications

Monitoring and

Operations with

SAP Solution

Manager

Management

Competence(Introduction)

Core

Competence(Key Value Chains)

Expert

Competence(Functional Areas)

Live Expert

Sessions amp

e-Learnings

EGI MTE

GDT AIE BP

Classroom

Trainings

SMx

(Setup amp Config)

E2Ex (Functional

Overview)

System

Landscapes

Private

Evaluation

System (CAL)

Public Demo

System

Public

Videos amp

Playlists

SAP Solution

Manager

Community

Blogs amp

Questions

Product

Documentation

Application Help

Release Notes

Installation

Upgrade and

Security Guides

Expert

WIKIs

Functional

Areas Expert

Content

Technical

Information

Supported

languages

browsers and

data bases

SAP Solution

Manager

Homepage(supportsapcom

solutionmanager)

Overview

Processes

Product and

Release Info

) Planned availability Q1 2017

From Interest to Expert Knowledge

SAP Help

Portal

Introduction

Information

SAP

Education

SAP ES

Academy

SAP

Demo

Systems

SAP

Community

Media

Center

SAP

Support

Portal

SAPcomSAP

BooksYouTube

Overview

Publications

SAP Solution

Manager for

SAP S4HANA

SAP Solution

Manager

Media Center

Product Videos

System Demos

Tutorials

72

THANK YOU

THANK YOU